Special:Preferences: Create flag to enable OOjs UI
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 *
1504 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1505 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1506 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1507 */
1508 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * @name DJVU settings
1512 * @{
1513 */
1514
1515 /**
1516 * Path of the djvudump executable
1517 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1518 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1532 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1538 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1539 *
1540 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1541 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1542 * the efficiency problem.
1543 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1544 *
1545 * @par Example:
1546 * @code
1547 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1548 * @endcode
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1551
1552 /**
1553 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1554 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1555 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1558
1559 /**
1560 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1561 */
1562 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1563
1564 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1565
1566 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1567
1568 /************************************************************************//**
1569 * @name Email settings
1570 * @{
1571 */
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Site admin email address.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1577 */
1578 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1584 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1585 *
1586 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1592 *
1593 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1594 */
1595 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1599 *
1600 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1601 */
1602 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1606 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1607 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1613 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1619 *
1620 * @since 1.30
1621 */
1622 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1626 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1627 *
1628 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1629 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1630 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1631 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1632 */
1633 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1637 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1638 */
1639 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1643 */
1644 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1648 */
1649 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1653 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1654 */
1655 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1659 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1662
1663 /**
1664 * SMTP Mode.
1665 *
1666 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1667 * Default to false or fill an array :
1668 *
1669 * @code
1670 * $wgSMTP = [
1671 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1672 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1673 * 'port' => '25',
1674 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1675 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1676 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1677 * ];
1678 * @endcode
1679 */
1680 $wgSMTP = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1684 */
1685 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1689 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1690 */
1691 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1695 *
1696 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1697 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1698 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1699 *
1700 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1701 *
1702 * @var bool
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1705
1706 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1707 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1708 # enable or disable at their discretion
1709 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1710 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1714 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1715 * spam relay.
1716 */
1717 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1726 * user talk page.
1727 *
1728 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1729 * preference set to true.
1730 */
1731 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1735 *
1736 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1737 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1738 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1739 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1740 *
1741 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1742 *
1743 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1744 *
1745 * @var bool
1746 */
1747 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1751 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1752 *
1753 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1754 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1755 *
1756 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1757 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1758 *
1759 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1760 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1761 */
1762 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1766 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1767 *
1768 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1769 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1770 */
1771 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1775 * match the limit on your mail server.
1776 */
1777 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1781 */
1782 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1786 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1787 */
1788 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1789
1790 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1791
1792 /************************************************************************//**
1793 * @name Database settings
1794 * @{
1795 */
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Database host name or IP address
1799 */
1800 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1804 */
1805 $wgDBport = 5432;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Name of the database
1809 */
1810 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Database username
1814 */
1815 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Database user's password
1819 */
1820 $wgDBpassword = '';
1821
1822 /**
1823 * Database type
1824 */
1825 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1829 *
1830 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1831 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1832 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1833 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1834 */
1835 $wgDBssl = false;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1839 *
1840 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1841 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1842 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1843 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1844 */
1845 $wgDBcompress = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1849 */
1850 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1854 */
1855 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Search type.
1859 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1860 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1861 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1862 */
1863 $wgSearchType = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Alternative search types
1867 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1868 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1869 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1870 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1871 */
1872 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Table name prefix
1876 */
1877 $wgDBprefix = '';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1881 */
1882 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1886 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1887 * DBA has done his best job.
1888 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1889 */
1890 $wgSQLMode = '';
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Mediawiki schema
1894 */
1895 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1899 */
1900 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1901
1902 /**
1903 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1904 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1905 * main database.
1906 *
1907 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1908 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1909 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1910 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1911 *
1912 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1913 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1914 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1915 *
1916 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1917 * $wgDBprefix.
1918 *
1919 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1920 * $wgDBmwschema.
1921 *
1922 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1923 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1924 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1925 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1926 */
1927 $wgSharedDB = null;
1928
1929 /**
1930 * @see $wgSharedDB
1931 */
1932 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * @see $wgSharedDB
1936 */
1937 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1938
1939 /**
1940 * @see $wgSharedDB
1941 * @since 1.23
1942 */
1943 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1944
1945 /**
1946 * Database load balancer
1947 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1948 * Fields are:
1949 * - host: Host name
1950 * - dbname: Default database name
1951 * - user: DB user
1952 * - password: DB password
1953 * - type: DB type
1954 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1955 *
1956 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1957 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1958 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1959 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1960 *
1961 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1962 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1963 *
1964 * - flags: bit field
1965 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1966 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1967 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1968 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1969 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1970 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1971 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1972 * if available
1973 *
1974 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1975 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1976 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1977 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1978 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1979 *
1980 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1981 * variable of the Database object.
1982 *
1983 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1984 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1985 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1986 *
1987 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1988 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1989 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1990 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1991 *
1992 * @code
1993 * SET @@read_only=1;
1994 * @endcode
1995 *
1996 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1997 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1998 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1999 */
2000 $wgDBservers = false;
2001
2002 /**
2003 * Load balancer factory configuration
2004 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2005 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2006 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2007 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2008 *
2009 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2010 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2011 */
2012 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2013
2014 /**
2015 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2016 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2017 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2018 * @since 1.27
2019 */
2020 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2021
2022 /**
2023 * File to log database errors to
2024 */
2025 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2026
2027 /**
2028 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2029 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2030 *
2031 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2032 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2033 *
2034 * @par Examples:
2035 * @code
2036 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2037 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2038 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2039 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2040 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2041 * @endcode
2042 *
2043 * @since 1.20
2044 */
2045 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2049 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2050 *
2051 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2052 *
2053 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2054 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2055 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2056 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2057 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2058 *
2059 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2060 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2061 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2062 */
2063 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2064
2065 /**
2066 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2067 *
2068 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2069 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2070 * block).
2071 *
2072 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2073 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2074 * connections.
2075 *
2076 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2077 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2078 * pooled.
2079 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2080 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2081 *
2082 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2083 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2084 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2085 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2086 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2087 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2088 *
2089 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2090 */
2091 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2092
2093 /**
2094 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2095 *
2096 * Array numeric key => database name
2097 */
2098 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2099
2100 /**
2101 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2102 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2103 * show a more obvious warning.
2104 */
2105 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2106
2107 /**
2108 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2109 */
2110 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2111
2112 /**
2113 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2114 */
2115 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2116
2117 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2118
2119 /************************************************************************//**
2120 * @name Text storage
2121 * @{
2122 */
2123
2124 /**
2125 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2126 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2127 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2128 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2129 */
2130 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2131
2132 /**
2133 * External stores allow including content
2134 * from non database sources following URL links.
2135 *
2136 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2137 * @code
2138 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2139 * @endcode
2140 *
2141 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2142 */
2143 $wgExternalStores = [];
2144
2145 /**
2146 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2147 *
2148 * @par Example:
2149 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2150 * @code
2151 * $wgExternalServers = [
2152 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2153 * ];
2154 * @endcode
2155 *
2156 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2157 * another class.
2158 */
2159 $wgExternalServers = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2163 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2164 *
2165 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2166 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2167 *
2168 * @par Example:
2169 * @code
2170 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2171 * @endcode
2172 *
2173 * @var array
2174 */
2175 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2176
2177 /**
2178 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2179 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2180 *
2181 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2182 */
2183 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2184
2185 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2186
2187 /************************************************************************//**
2188 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2189 * @{
2190 */
2191
2192 /**
2193 * Disable database-intensive features
2194 */
2195 $wgMiserMode = false;
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2199 */
2200 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2204 */
2205 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2209 */
2210 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2211
2212 /**
2213 * Enable slow parser functions
2214 */
2215 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2216
2217 /**
2218 * Allow schema updates
2219 */
2220 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2224 */
2225 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2226
2227 /**
2228 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2229 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2230 */
2231 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2232
2233 /**
2234 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2235 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2236 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2237 * @since 1.26
2238 */
2239 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2240
2241 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2242
2243 /************************************************************************//**
2244 * @name Cache settings
2245 * @{
2246 */
2247
2248 /**
2249 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2250 * from the web.
2251 *
2252 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2253 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2254 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2255 */
2256 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2260 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2261 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2262 *
2263 * The options are:
2264 *
2265 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2266 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2267 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2268 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2269 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2270 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2271 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2272 *
2273 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2274 */
2275 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2276
2277 /**
2278 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2279 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2280 *
2281 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2282 */
2283 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2284
2285 /**
2286 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2287 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2288 *
2289 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2290 */
2291 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2292
2293 /**
2294 * The cache type for storing session data.
2295 *
2296 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2297 */
2298 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2299
2300 /**
2301 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2302 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2303 *
2304 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2305 *
2306 * @since 1.20
2307 */
2308 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2309
2310 /**
2311 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2312 *
2313 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2314 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2315 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2316 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2317 *
2318 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2319 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2320 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2321 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2322 */
2323 $wgObjectCaches = [
2324 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2325 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2326
2327 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2328 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2329 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2330
2331 'db-replicated' => [
2332 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2333 'readFactory' => [
2334 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2335 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2336 ],
2337 'writeFactory' => [
2338 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2339 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2340 ],
2341 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2342 'reportDupes' => false
2343 ],
2344
2345 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2346 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2347 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2348 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2349 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2350 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2351 ];
2352
2353 /**
2354 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2355 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2356 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2357 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2358 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2359 *
2360 * The options are:
2361 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2362 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2363 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2364 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2365 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2366 * @since 1.26
2367 */
2368 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2369
2370 /**
2371 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2372 *
2373 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2374 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2375 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2376 *
2377 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2378 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2379 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2380 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2381 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2382 *
2383 * @since 1.26
2384 */
2385 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2386 CACHE_NONE => [
2387 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2388 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2389 'channels' => []
2390 ]
2391 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2392 'memcached-php' => [
2393 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2394 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2395 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2396 ]
2397 */
2398 ];
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2402 *
2403 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2404 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2405 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2406 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2407 *
2408 * @var bool
2409 * @since 1.29
2410 */
2411 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2415 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2416 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2417 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2418 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2419 *
2420 * The options are:
2421 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2422 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2423 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2424 *
2425 * @since 1.26
2426 */
2427 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2428
2429 /**
2430 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2431 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2432 */
2433 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2434
2435 /**
2436 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2437 */
2438 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2439
2440 /**
2441 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2442 */
2443 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2444
2445 /**
2446 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2447 */
2448 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2452 *
2453 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2454 *
2455 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2456 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2457 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2458 * others' cookies.
2459 *
2460 * @since 1.27
2461 * @var string
2462 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2463 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2464 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2465 */
2466 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2470 *
2471 * @since 1.28
2472 */
2473 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2474
2475 /**
2476 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2477 */
2478 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2479
2480 /**
2481 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2482 */
2483 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2487 * requests.
2488 */
2489 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2490
2491 /**
2492 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2493 */
2494 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2498 *
2499 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2500 *
2501 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2502 *
2503 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2504 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2505 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2506 */
2507 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2508
2509 /**
2510 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2511 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2512 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2513 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2514 */
2515 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2519 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2520 *
2521 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2522 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2523 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2524 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2525 * otherwise the database will be used.
2526 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2527 * store static arrays.
2528 *
2529 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2530 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2531 *
2532 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2533 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2534 * will be used.
2535 *
2536 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2537 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2538 */
2539 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2540 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2541 'store' => 'detect',
2542 'storeClass' => false,
2543 'storeDirectory' => false,
2544 'manualRecache' => false,
2545 ];
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2549 */
2550 $wgCachePages = true;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2554 * client-side and server-side caching.
2555 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2556 * @verbatim
2557 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2558 * @endverbatim
2559 */
2560 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2564 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2565 */
2566 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2570 *
2571 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2572 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2573 * styles.
2574 *
2575 * @deprecated since 1.31
2576 */
2577 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2578
2579 /**
2580 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2581 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2582 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2583 */
2584 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2588 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2589 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2590 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2591 */
2592 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2593
2594 /**
2595 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2596 * @deprecated since 1.26
2597 */
2598 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2599
2600 /**
2601 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2602 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2603 */
2604 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2605
2606 /**
2607 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2608 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2609 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2610 *
2611 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2612 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2613 * don't update as expected.
2614 */
2615 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2619 */
2620 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2624 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2625 *
2626 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2627 */
2628 $wgUseGzip = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2632 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2633 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2634 * a grace period.
2635 */
2636 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2637
2638 /**
2639 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2640 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2641 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2642 *
2643 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2644 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2645 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2646 */
2647 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2651 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2652 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2653 *
2654 * @par Example:
2655 * @code
2656 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2657 * @endcode
2658 *
2659 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2660 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2661 *
2662 * @var int|bool
2663 */
2664 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2665
2666 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2667
2668 /************************************************************************//**
2669 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2670 *
2671 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2672 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2673 *
2674 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2675 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2676 * more details.
2677 *
2678 * @{
2679 */
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Enable/disable CDN.
2683 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2684 */
2685 $wgUseSquid = false;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2689 */
2690 $wgUseESI = false;
2691
2692 /**
2693 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2694 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2695 * @since 1.27
2696 */
2697 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2701 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2702 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2703 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2704 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2705 * HTTP redirects.
2706 */
2707 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2711 *
2712 * @par Example:
2713 * @code
2714 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2715 * @endcode
2716 */
2717 $wgInternalServer = false;
2718
2719 /**
2720 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2721 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2722 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2723 *
2724 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2725 */
2726 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2730 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2731 * @since 1.27
2732 */
2733 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2737 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2738 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2739 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2740 *
2741 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2742 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2743 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2744 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2745 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2746 *
2747 * @since 1.27
2748 */
2749 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2753 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2754 * @since 1.27
2755 */
2756 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2757
2758 /**
2759 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2760 *
2761 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2762 */
2763 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2764
2765 /**
2766 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2767 *
2768 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2769 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2770 *
2771 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2772 */
2773 $wgSquidServers = [];
2774
2775 /**
2776 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2777 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2778 * CIDR blocks.
2779 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2780 */
2781 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2785 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2786 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2787 *
2788 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2789 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2790 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2791 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2792 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2793 *
2794 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2795 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2796 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2797 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2798 * reverse).
2799 *
2800 * @since 1.21
2801 */
2802 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2803
2804 /**
2805 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2806 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2807 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2808 *
2809 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2810 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2811 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2812 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2813 *
2814 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2815 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2816 * @code
2817 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2818 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2819 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2820 * 'port' => 4827,
2821 * ],
2822 * '' => [
2823 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2824 * 'port' => 4827,
2825 * ],
2826 * ];
2827 * @endcode
2828 *
2829 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2830 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2831 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2832 *
2833 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2834 * @code
2835 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2836 * '' => [
2837 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2838 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2839 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2840 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2841 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2842 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2843 * ],
2844 * ];
2845 * @endcode
2846 *
2847 * @since 1.22
2848 *
2849 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2850 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2851 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2852 *
2853 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2854 */
2855 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2856
2857 /**
2858 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2859 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2860 */
2861 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2862
2863 /**
2864 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2865 */
2866 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2867
2868 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2869
2870 /************************************************************************//**
2871 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2872 * @{
2873 */
2874
2875 /**
2876 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2877 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2878 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2879 *
2880 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2881 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2882 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2883 *
2884 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2885 * change it in their preferences.
2886 *
2887 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2888 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2889 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2890 */
2891 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2892
2893 /**
2894 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2895 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2896 */
2897 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2898
2899 /**
2900 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2901 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2902 *
2903 * @par Example:
2904 * @code
2905 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2906 * @endcode
2907 */
2908 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2909
2910 /**
2911 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2912 */
2913 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2914
2915 /**
2916 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2917 */
2918 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2922 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2923 * Notes:
2924 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2925 * map.
2926 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2927 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2928 * this array.
2929 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2930 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2931 * the prefix in this array.
2932 */
2933 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2934
2935 /**
2936 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2937 */
2938 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2939
2940 /**
2941 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2942 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2943 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2944 *
2945 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2946 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2947 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2948 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2949 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2950 *
2951 * @since 1.29
2952 */
2953 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2954 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2955 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2956 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2957 ];
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2961 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2962 *
2963 * @deprecated since 1.29
2964 */
2965 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2969 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2970 * set to "ar".
2971 *
2972 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2973 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2974 */
2975 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2976
2977 /**
2978 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2979 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2980 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2981 * support these characters.
2982 *
2983 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2984 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2985 */
2986 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2987
2988 /**
2989 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2990 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2991 * impact.
2992 *
2993 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2994 * details.
2995 *
2996 * @since 1.17
2997 */
2998 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3002 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3003 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3004 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3005 *
3006 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3007 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3008 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3014 */
3015 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3016
3017 /**
3018 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3019 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3020 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3021 *
3022 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3023 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3024 * to remain viewable.
3025 *
3026 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3027 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3028 */
3029 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3033 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3034 */
3035 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3039 * numerals in interface.
3040 */
3041 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3045 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3046 */
3047 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3051 */
3052 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3056 */
3057 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3058
3059 /**
3060 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3061 */
3062 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3066 */
3067 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3071 */
3072 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3076 * used to ease variant development work.
3077 */
3078 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3082 *
3083 * @par Example:
3084 * @code
3085 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3086 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3087 * @endcode
3088 */
3089 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3093 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3094 * language variant.
3095 *
3096 * @par Example:
3097 * @code
3098 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3099 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3100 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3101 * @endcode
3102 *
3103 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3104 *
3105 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3106 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3107 */
3108 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3109
3110 /**
3111 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3112 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3113 * customise these.
3114 */
3115 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3119 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3120 *
3121 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3122 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3123 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3124 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3125 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3126 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3127 * the default behavior.
3128 *
3129 * @par Example:
3130 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3131 * portal:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3134 * @endcode
3135 */
3136 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3140 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3141 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3142 *
3143 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3144 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3145 *
3146 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3147 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3148 *
3149 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3150 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3151 *
3152 * @par Examples:
3153 * @code
3154 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3155 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3156 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3157 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3158 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3159 * @endcode
3160 */
3161 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3165 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3166 *
3167 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3168 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3169 *
3170 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3171 */
3172 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3173
3174 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3175
3176 /*************************************************************************//**
3177 * @name Output format and skin settings
3178 * @{
3179 */
3180
3181 /**
3182 * The default Content-Type header.
3183 */
3184 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3188 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3189 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3190 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3191 * @deprecated since 1.22
3192 */
3193 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3197 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3198 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3199 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3200 * @deprecated since 1.22
3201 */
3202 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3206 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3207 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3208 * to true by Setup.php.
3209 * @deprecated since 1.22
3210 */
3211 $wgHtml5 = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3215 *
3216 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3217 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3218 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3219 * @since 1.16
3220 */
3221 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3225 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3226 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3227 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3228 * @since 1.24
3229 */
3230 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3234 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3235 * stable and change has been communicated.
3236 * @since 1.24
3237 */
3238 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3242 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3243 *
3244 * @since 1.32
3245 */
3246 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3247
3248 /**
3249 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3250 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3251 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3252 *
3253 * @since 1.28
3254 */
3255 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3256
3257 /**
3258 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3259 *
3260 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3261 *
3262 * @par Example:
3263 * @code
3264 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3265 * @endcode
3266 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3267 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3268 *
3269 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3270 */
3271 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3275 *
3276 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3277 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3278 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3279 */
3280 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3281
3282 /**
3283 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3284 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3285 */
3286 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3290 *
3291 * @since 1.24
3292 */
3293 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3294
3295 /**
3296 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3297 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3298 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3299 */
3300 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3301
3302 /**
3303 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3304 */
3305 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3306
3307 /**
3308 * Allow user Javascript page?
3309 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3310 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3311 */
3312 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3313
3314 /**
3315 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3316 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3317 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3318 */
3319 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3323 *
3324 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3325 * are availabe to users.
3326 */
3327 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3328
3329 /**
3330 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3331 */
3332 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3336 */
3337 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3341 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3342 */
3343 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3344
3345 /**
3346 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3347 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3348 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3349 *
3350 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3351 *
3352 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3353 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3354 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3355 *
3356 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3357 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3358 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3359 * recommended.
3360 *
3361 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3362 * not just edit pages.
3363 */
3364 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3368 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3369 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3370 * Options are:
3371 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3372 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3373 * - false: Allow all framing.
3374 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3375 */
3376 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3377
3378 /**
3379 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3380 */
3381 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3382
3383 /**
3384 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3385 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3386 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3387 *
3388 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3389 */
3390 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3391
3392 /**
3393 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3394 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3395 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3396 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3397 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3398 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3399 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3400 *
3401 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3402 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3403 * a page.
3404 *
3405 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3406 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3407 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3408 * would still work.
3409 *
3410 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3411 *
3412 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3413 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3414 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3415 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3416 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3417 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3418 * fragment mode is used.
3419 *
3420 * @since 1.30
3421 */
3422 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3423
3424 /**
3425 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3426 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3427 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3428 * to 'html5'.
3429 *
3430 * @since 1.30
3431 */
3432 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3433
3434 /**
3435 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3436 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3437 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3438 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3439 *
3440 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3441 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3442 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3443 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3444 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3445 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3446 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3447 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3448 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3449 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3450 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3451 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3452 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3453 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3454 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3455 * not be outputted
3456 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3457 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3458 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3459 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3460 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3461 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3462 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3463 */
3464 $wgFooterIcons = [
3465 "copyright" => [
3466 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3467 ],
3468 "poweredby" => [
3469 "mediawiki" => [
3470 // Defaults to point at
3471 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3472 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3473 "src" => null,
3474 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3475 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3476 ]
3477 ],
3478 ];
3479
3480 /**
3481 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3482 * to create an account.
3483 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3484 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3485 */
3486 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3487
3488 /**
3489 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3490 */
3491 $wgEdititis = false;
3492
3493 /**
3494 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3495 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3496 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3497 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3498 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3499 *
3500 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3501 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3502 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3503 */
3504 $wgSend404Code = true;
3505
3506 /**
3507 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3508 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3509 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3510 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3511 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3512 *
3513 * @since 1.20
3514 */
3515 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3516
3517 /**
3518 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3519 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3520 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3521 * unconditionally.
3522 */
3523 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3524
3525 /**
3526 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3527 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3528 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3529 * the domain root.
3530 *
3531 * @since 1.25
3532 */
3533 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3534
3535 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3536
3537 /*************************************************************************//**
3538 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3539 * @{
3540 */
3541
3542 /**
3543 * Client-side resource modules.
3544 *
3545 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3546 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3547 *
3548 * @par Example:
3549 * @code
3550 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3551 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3552 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3553 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3554 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3555 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3556 * ];
3557 * @endcode
3558 */
3559 $wgResourceModules = [];
3560
3561 /**
3562 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3563 *
3564 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3565 * not be modified or disabled.
3566 *
3567 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3568 *
3569 * @par Example:
3570 * @code
3571 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3572 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3573 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3574 * ];
3575 *
3576 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3577 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3578 * ];
3579 * @endcode
3580 *
3581 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3582 *
3583 * @par Equivalent:
3584 * @code
3585 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3586 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3587 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3588 * 'skinStyles' => [
3589 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3590 * ],
3591 * ];
3592 * @endcode
3593 *
3594 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3595 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3596 *
3597 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3598 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3599 *
3600 * @par Example:
3601 * @code
3602 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3603 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3604 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3605 * 'skinStyles' => [
3606 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3607 * ],
3608 * ];
3609 * // Note the '+' character:
3610 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3611 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3612 * ];
3613 * @endcode
3614 *
3615 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3616 *
3617 * @par Equivalent:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3620 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3621 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3622 * 'skinStyles' => [
3623 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3624 * 'foo' => [
3625 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3626 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3627 * ],
3628 * ],
3629 * ];
3630 * @endcode
3631 *
3632 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3633 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3634 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3635 *
3636 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3637 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3638 *
3639 * @par Example:
3640 * @code
3641 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3642 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3643 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3644 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3645 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3646 * ];
3647 * @endcode
3648 */
3649 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3650
3651 /**
3652 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3653 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3654 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3655 *
3656 * @par Example:
3657 * @code
3658 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3659 * @endcode
3660 */
3661 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3662
3663 /**
3664 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3665 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3666 */
3667 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3668
3669 /**
3670 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3671 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3672 *
3673 * Following options to distinguish:
3674 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3675 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3676 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3677 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3678 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3679 *
3680 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3681 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3682 * client and MediaWiki.
3683 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3684 */
3685 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3686 'versioned' => [
3687 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3688 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3689 ],
3690 'unversioned' => [
3691 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3692 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3693 ],
3694 ];
3695
3696 /**
3697 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3698 *
3699 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3705 *
3706 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3707 */
3708 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3712 *
3713 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3714 * work.
3715 *
3716 * @par Example of legacy code:
3717 * @code{,js}
3718 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3719 * @endcode
3720 * or:
3721 * @code{,js}
3722 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3723 * @endcode
3724 *
3725 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3726 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3727 * @code{,js}
3728 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3729 * @endcode
3730 * or:
3731 * @code{,js}
3732 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3733 * @endcode
3734 */
3735 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3739 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3740 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3741 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3742 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3743 * that you can't increase.
3744 *
3745 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3746 * string length limit.
3747 *
3748 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3754 * prior to minification to validate it.
3755 *
3756 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3757 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3758 */
3759 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3760
3761 /**
3762 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3763 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3764 *
3765 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3766 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3767 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3768 */
3769 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3773 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3774 *
3775 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3776 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3777 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3778 *
3779 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3780 *
3781 * @par Example:
3782 * @code
3783 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3784 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3785 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3786 * ];
3787 * @endcode
3788 * @since 1.22
3789 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3790 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3791 */
3792 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3793 /**
3794 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3795 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3796 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3797 * @since 1.27
3798 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3799 */
3800 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3801 ];
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3805 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3806 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3807 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3808 *
3809 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3810 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3811 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3812 * files from its own tree.
3813 *
3814 * @since 1.22
3815 */
3816 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3817 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3818 ];
3819
3820 /**
3821 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3822 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3828 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3829 *
3830 * @since 1.23
3831 */
3832 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3836 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3837 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3838 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3839 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3840 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3841 * from the rest of the site.
3842 *
3843 * @since 1.25
3844 */
3845 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3846
3847 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3848
3849 /*************************************************************************//**
3850 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3851 * @{
3852 */
3853
3854 /**
3855 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3856 * used instead.
3857 */
3858 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3862 *
3863 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3864 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3865 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3866 */
3867 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3868
3869 /**
3870 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3871 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3872 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3873 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3874 * hook or extension.json.
3875 *
3876 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3877 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3878 * the new namespace name.
3879 *
3880 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3881 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3882 *
3883 * @par Example:
3884 * @code
3885 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3886 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3887 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3888 * 102 => "Aide",
3889 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3890 * ];
3891 * @endcode
3892 *
3893 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3899 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3900 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3901 * @since 1.18
3902 */
3903 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Namespace aliases.
3907 *
3908 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3909 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3910 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3911 * name.
3912 *
3913 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3914 *
3915 * @par Example:
3916 * @code
3917 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3918 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3919 * 'Help' => 100,
3920 * ];
3921 * @endcode
3922 */
3923 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3924
3925 /**
3926 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3927 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3928 *
3929 * Problematic punctuation:
3930 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3931 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3932 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3933 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3934 * corrupted by apache
3935 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3936 *
3937 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3938 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3939 *
3940 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3941 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3942 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3943 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3944 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3945 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3946 *
3947 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3948 */
3949 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3950
3951 /**
3952 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3953 *
3954 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3955 */
3956 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3960 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3961 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3962 *
3963 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3964 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3965 */
3966 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3967
3968 /**
3969 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3970 */
3971 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3972
3973 /**
3974 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3975 * @{
3976 */
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3980 * database (.cdb) file.
3981 *
3982 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3983 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3984 * formats such as the following:
3985 *
3986 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3987 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3988 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3989 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3990 *
3991 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3992 * data layout.
3993 *
3994 * @var bool|array|string
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4000 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4001 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4002 * - 3: site levels
4003 */
4004 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4008 */
4009 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4010
4011 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4012
4013 /**
4014 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4015 * @{
4016 */
4017
4018 /**
4019 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4020 */
4021 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4022
4023 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4024
4025 /**
4026 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4027 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4028 * as 'redirected from' links.
4029 *
4030 * @par Example:
4031 * It might look something like this:
4032 * @code
4033 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4034 * @endcode
4035 *
4036 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4037 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4038 * the URL.
4039 */
4040 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4041
4042 /**
4043 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4044 *
4045 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4046 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4047 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4048 */
4049 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4050
4051 /**
4052 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4053 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4054 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4055 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4056 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4057 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4058 * NS_FILE.
4059 *
4060 * @par Example:
4061 * @code
4062 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4063 * @endcode
4064 */
4065 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4069 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4070 */
4071 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4072 NS_TALK => true,
4073 NS_USER => true,
4074 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4075 NS_PROJECT => true,
4076 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4077 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4078 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4079 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4080 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4081 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4082 NS_HELP => true,
4083 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4084 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4085 ];
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4089 *
4090 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4091 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4092 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4093 *
4094 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4095 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4096 *
4097 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4098 * the new extension registration system.
4099 *
4100 * @since 1.23
4101 */
4102 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4106 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4107 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4108 * number of articles in the wiki.
4109 */
4110 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4114 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4115 * be shown on that page.
4116 * @since 1.30
4117 */
4118 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4119
4120 /**
4121 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4122 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4123 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4124 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4125 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4126 */
4127 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4128
4129 /**
4130 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4131 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4132 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4133 */
4134 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4135
4136 /**
4137 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4138 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4139 * will make the redirect fail.
4140 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4141 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4142 *
4143 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4144 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4145 */
4146 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4147
4148 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4149
4150 /************************************************************************//**
4151 * @name Parser settings
4152 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4153 * @{
4154 */
4155
4156 /**
4157 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4158 *
4159 * class The class name
4160 *
4161 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4162 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4163 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4164 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4165 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4166 *
4167 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4168 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4169 *
4170 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4171 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4172 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4173 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4174 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4175 * an extension setup function.
4176 */
4177 $wgParserConf = [
4178 'class' => Parser::class,
4179 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4180 ];
4181
4182 /**
4183 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4184 */
4185 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4189 * by PPFrame::expand()
4190 */
4191 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4192
4193 /**
4194 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4195 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4196 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4197 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4198 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4199 *
4200 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4206 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4207 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4208 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4209 */
4210 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4211
4212 /**
4213 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4214 */
4215 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4216
4217 /**
4218 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4219 *
4220 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4221 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4222 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4223 * more information.
4224 *
4225 * @see wfParseUrl
4226 */
4227 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4228 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4229 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4230 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4231 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4232 ];
4233
4234 /**
4235 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4236 */
4237 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4241 */
4242 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4243
4244 /**
4245 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4246 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4247 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4248 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4249 *
4250 * @par Examples:
4251 * @code
4252 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4253 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4254 * @endcode
4255 */
4256 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4257
4258 /**
4259 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4260 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4261 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4262 * The image will be displayed.
4263 *
4264 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4265 * Or false to disable it
4266 */
4267 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4271 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4272 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4273 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4274 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4275 * sites they control.
4276 */
4277 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4278
4279 /**
4280 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4281 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4282 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4283 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4284 *
4285 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4286 * parameters will be used instead.
4287 *
4288 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4289 *
4290 * Keys are:
4291 * - driver: May be:
4292 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4293 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4294 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4295 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4296 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4297 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4298 *
4299 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4300 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4301 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4302 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4303 */
4304 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4305
4306 /**
4307 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4308 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4309 */
4310 $wgUseTidy = false;
4311
4312 /**
4313 * The path to the tidy binary.
4314 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4315 */
4316 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4317
4318 /**
4319 * The path to the tidy config file
4320 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4321 */
4322 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4323
4324 /**
4325 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4326 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4327 */
4328 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4332 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4333 */
4334 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4338 * Only works for internal tidy.
4339 */
4340 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4344 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4345 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4346 */
4347 $wgRawHtml = false;
4348
4349 /**
4350 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4351 *
4352 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4353 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4354 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4355 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4356 * to some of your users.
4357 */
4358 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4359
4360 /**
4361 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4362 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4363 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4364 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4365 */
4366 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4370 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4371 */
4372 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4373
4374 /**
4375 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4376 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4377 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4378 *
4379 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4380 *
4381 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4382 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4383 * etc.
4384 *
4385 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4386 */
4387 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4391 */
4392 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4393
4394 /**
4395 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4396 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4397 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4398 */
4399 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4400
4401 /**
4402 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4403 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4404 */
4405 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4409 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4410 */
4411 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4412
4413 /**
4414 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4415 */
4416 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4417
4418 /**
4419 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4420 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4421 */
4422 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4423
4424 /**
4425 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4426 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4427 *
4428 * @since 1.28
4429 */
4430 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4431 'ISBN' => false,
4432 'PMID' => false,
4433 'RFC' => false
4434 ];
4435
4436 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4437
4438 /************************************************************************//**
4439 * @name Statistics
4440 * @{
4441 */
4442
4443 /**
4444 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4445 * as a valid article.
4446 *
4447 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4448 *
4449 * This variable can have the following values:
4450 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4451 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4452 *
4453 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4454 *
4455 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4456 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4457 * script.
4458 */
4459 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4460
4461 /**
4462 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4463 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4464 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4465 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4466 * numbers between different wikis.
4467 */
4468 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4469
4470 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4471
4472 /************************************************************************//**
4473 * @name User accounts, authentication
4474 * @{
4475 */
4476
4477 /**
4478 * Central ID lookup providers
4479 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4480 * @since 1.27
4481 */
4482 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4483 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4484 ];
4485
4486 /**
4487 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4488 * @var string
4489 */
4490 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4491
4492 /**
4493 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4494 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4495 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4496 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4497 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4498 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4499 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4500 * Statements:
4501 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4502 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4503 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4504 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4505 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4506 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4507 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4508 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4509 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4510 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4511 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4512 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4513 * @since 1.26
4514 */
4515 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4516 'policies' => [
4517 'bureaucrat' => [
4518 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4519 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4520 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4521 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4522 ],
4523 'sysop' => [
4524 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4525 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4526 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4527 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4528 ],
4529 'bot' => [
4530 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4531 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4532 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4533 ],
4534 'default' => [
4535 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4536 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4537 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4538 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4539 ],
4540 ],
4541 'checks' => [
4542 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4543 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4544 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4545 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4546 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4547 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4548 ],
4549 ];
4550
4551 /**
4552 * Configure AuthManager
4553 *
4554 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4555 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4556 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4557 * (default is 0).
4558 *
4559 * Elements are:
4560 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4561 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4562 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4563 *
4564 * @since 1.27
4565 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4566 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4567 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4568 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4569 */
4570 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4571
4572 /**
4573 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4574 * @since 1.27
4575 */
4576 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4577 'preauth' => [
4578 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4579 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4580 'sort' => 0,
4581 ],
4582 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4583 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4584 'sort' => 0,
4585 ],
4586 ],
4587 'primaryauth' => [
4588 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4589 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4590 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4591 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4592 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4593 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4594 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4595 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4596 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4597 'args' => [ [
4598 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4599 'authoritative' => false,
4600 ] ],
4601 'sort' => 0,
4602 ],
4603 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4604 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4605 'args' => [ [
4606 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4607 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4608 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4609 // password") if it too fails.
4610 'authoritative' => true,
4611 ] ],
4612 'sort' => 100,
4613 ],
4614 ],
4615 'secondaryauth' => [
4616 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 'sort' => 0,
4619 ],
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 100,
4623 ],
4624 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4625 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4626 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4627 // 'sort' => 100,
4628 // ],
4629 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4630 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4631 'sort' => 200,
4632 ],
4633 ],
4634 ];
4635
4636 /**
4637 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4638 *
4639 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4640 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4641 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4642 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4643 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4644 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4645 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4646 * that needs to do this.
4647 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4648 * the last X seconds.
4649 * - Come up with a third option.
4650 *
4651 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4652 * "X seconds".
4653 *
4654 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4655 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4656 * - LinkAccounts
4657 * - UnlinkAccount
4658 * - ChangeCredentials
4659 * - RemoveCredentials
4660 * - ChangeEmail
4661 *
4662 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4663 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4664 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4665 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4666 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4667 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4668 *
4669 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4670 *
4671 * @since 1.27
4672 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4673 */
4674 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4675 'default' => 300,
4676 ];
4677
4678 /**
4679 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4680 *
4681 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4682 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4683 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4684 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4685 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4686 *
4687 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4688 *
4689 * @since 1.27
4690 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4691 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4692 */
4693 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4694 'default' => true,
4695 ];
4696
4697 /**
4698 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4699 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4700 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4701 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4702 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4703 * @since 1.27
4704 * @var string[]
4705 */
4706 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4707 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4708 ];
4709
4710 /**
4711 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4712 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4713 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4714 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4715 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4716 * @since 1.27
4717 * @var string[]
4718 */
4719 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4720 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4721 ];
4722
4723 /**
4724 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4725 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4726 */
4727 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4728
4729 /**
4730 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4731 * words are allowed.
4732 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4733 */
4734 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4735
4736 /**
4737 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4738 *
4739 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4740 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4741 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4742 *
4743 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4744 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4745 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4746 */
4747 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4748
4749 /**
4750 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4751 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4752 * @since 1.23
4753 */
4754 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4758 *
4759 * @since 1.24
4760 */
4761 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4762
4763 /**
4764 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4765 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4766 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4767 *
4768 * An advanced example:
4769 * @code
4770 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4771 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4772 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4773 * 'secrets' => [],
4774 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4775 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4776 * 'cost' => 5,
4777 * ];
4778 * @endcode
4779 *
4780 * @since 1.24
4781 */
4782 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4783 'A' => [
4784 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4785 ],
4786 'B' => [
4787 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4788 ],
4789 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4790 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4791 'types' => [
4792 'A',
4793 'pbkdf2',
4794 ],
4795 ],
4796 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4797 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4798 'types' => [
4799 'B',
4800 'pbkdf2',
4801 ],
4802 ],
4803 'bcrypt' => [
4804 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4805 'cost' => 9,
4806 ],
4807 'pbkdf2' => [
4808 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4809 'algo' => 'sha512',
4810 'cost' => '30000',
4811 'length' => '64',
4812 ],
4813 ];
4814
4815 /**
4816 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4817 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4818 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4819 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4820 */
4821 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4822 'username' => true,
4823 'email' => true,
4824 ];
4825
4826 /**
4827 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4828 */
4829 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4830
4831 /**
4832 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4833 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4834 */
4835 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4836
4837 /**
4838 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4839 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4840 */
4841 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4842 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4843 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4844 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4845 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4846 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4847 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4848 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4849 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4850 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4851 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4852 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4853 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4854 ];
4855
4856 /**
4857 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4858 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4859 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4860 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4861 */
4862 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4863 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4864 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4865 'date' => 'default',
4866 'diffonly' => 0,
4867 'disablemail' => 0,
4868 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4869 'editondblclick' => 0,
4870 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4871 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4872 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4873 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4874 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4875 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4876 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4877 'fancysig' => 0,
4878 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4879 'gender' => 'unknown',
4880 'hideminor' => 0,
4881 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4882 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4883 'imagesize' => 2,
4884 'minordefault' => 0,
4885 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4886 'nickname' => '',
4887 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4888 'numberheadings' => 0,
4889 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4890 'previewontop' => 1,
4891 'rcdays' => 7,
4892 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4893 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4894 'rclimit' => 50,
4895 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4896 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4897 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4898 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4899 'skin' => false,
4900 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4901 'thumbsize' => 5,
4902 'underline' => 2,
4903 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4904 'usenewrc' => 1,
4905 'watchcreations' => 1,
4906 'watchdefault' => 1,
4907 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4908 'watchuploads' => 1,
4909 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4910 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4911 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4912 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4913 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4914 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4915 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4916 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4917 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4918 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4919 'watchmoves' => 0,
4920 'watchrollback' => 0,
4921 'wllimit' => 250,
4922 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4923 'prefershttps' => 1,
4924 ];
4925
4926 /**
4927 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4928 */
4929 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4933 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4934 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4935 */
4936 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4937
4938 /**
4939 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4940 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4941 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4942 *
4943 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4944 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4945 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4946 */
4947 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4948
4949 /**
4950 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4951 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4952 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4953 * @since 1.17
4954 */
4955 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4956
4957 /**
4958 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4959 *
4960 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4961 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4962 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4963 *
4964 * @since 1.27
4965 * @var string|null
4966 */
4967 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4968
4969 /**
4970 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4971 *
4972 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4973 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4974 *
4975 * @since 1.27
4976 */
4977 $wgSessionProviders = [
4978 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4979 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4980 'args' => [ [
4981 'priority' => 30,
4982 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4983 ] ],
4984 ],
4985 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4986 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4987 'args' => [ [
4988 'priority' => 75,
4989 ] ],
4990 ],
4991 ];
4992
4993 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4994
4995 /************************************************************************//**
4996 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4997 * @{
4998 */
4999
5000 /**
5001 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5002 */
5003 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5007 */
5008 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5012 */
5013 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5014
5015 /**
5016 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5017 *
5018 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5019 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5020 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5021 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5022 *
5023 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5024 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5025 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5026 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5027 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5028 */
5029 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5030 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5031 'IPv6' => 19,
5032 ];
5033
5034 /**
5035 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5036 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5037 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5038 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5039 * anonymous visitors.
5040 */
5041 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5042
5043 /**
5044 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5045 *
5046 * @par Example:
5047 * @code
5048 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5049 * @endcode
5050 *
5051 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5052 *
5053 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5054 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5055 *
5056 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5057 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5058 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5059 *
5060 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5061 * hook instead.
5062 */
5063 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5064
5065 /**
5066 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5067 *
5068 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5069 * is without underscore.
5070 *
5071 * @par Example:
5072 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5073 * @code
5074 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5075 * @endcode
5076 *
5077 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5078 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5079 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5080 *
5081 * @par Example:
5082 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5083 * @code
5084 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5085 * @endcode
5086 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5087 *
5088 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5089 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5090 */
5091 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5092
5093 /**
5094 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5095 * address before being allowed to edit?
5096 */
5097 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5098
5099 /**
5100 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5101 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5102 */
5103 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5104
5105 /**
5106 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5107 *
5108 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5109 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5110 *
5111 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5112 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5113 *
5114 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5115 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5116 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5117 * in in the user_groups table.
5118 *
5119 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5120 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5121 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5122 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5123 *
5124 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5125 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5126 *
5127 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5128 */
5129 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5130
5131 /** @cond file_level_code */
5132 // Implicit group for all visitors
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5144 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5145
5146 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5169
5170 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5173
5174 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5175 // from various log pages by default
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5184
5185 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5189 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5191 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5193 // can view deleted revision text
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5226 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5231
5232 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5235 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5236 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5237 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5239
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5242 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5243 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5244 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5246 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5247 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5248 // For private suppression log access
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5250
5251 /**
5252 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5253 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5254 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5255 * server.
5256 */
5257 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5258
5259 /** @endcond */
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5263 *
5264 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5265 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5266 *
5267 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5268 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5269 */
5270 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5274 */
5275 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5279 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5280 *
5281 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5282 * group".
5283 *
5284 * @par Example:
5285 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5286 * @code
5287 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5288 * @endcode
5289 *
5290 * @par Example:
5291 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5292 * @code
5293 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5294 * @endcode
5295 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5296 * any group that they happen to be in.
5297 */
5298 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5299
5300 /**
5301 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5302 */
5303 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5304
5305 /**
5306 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5307 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5308 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5309 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5310 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5311 */
5312 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5316 *
5317 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5318 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5319 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5320 *
5321 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5322 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5323 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5324 */
5325 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5326
5327 /**
5328 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5329 *
5330 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5331 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5332 *
5333 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5334 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5335 */
5336 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5337
5338 /**
5339 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5340 *
5341 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5342 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5343 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5344 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5345 * "semiprotected".
5346 *
5347 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5348 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5349 */
5350 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5354 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5355 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5356 *
5357 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5358 */
5359 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5360
5361 /**
5362 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5363 *
5364 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5365 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5366 *
5367 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5368 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5369 */
5370 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5371
5372 /**
5373 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5374 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5375 * privileges of new accounts.
5376 *
5377 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5378 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5379 *
5380 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5381 *
5382 * @par Example:
5383 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5384 * @code
5385 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5386 * @endcode
5387 * Set age to one day:
5388 * @code
5389 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5390 * @endcode
5391 */
5392 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5393
5394 /**
5395 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5396 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5397 *
5398 * @par Example:
5399 * @code
5400 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5401 * @endcode
5402 */
5403 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5404
5405 /**
5406 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5407 *
5408 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5409 *
5410 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5411 * 'groupname' => cond,
5412 * 'group2' => cond2,
5413 * );
5414 *
5415 * A `cond` may be:
5416 * - a single condition without arguments:
5417 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5418 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5419 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5420 * - a single condition with arguments:
5421 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5422 * - a set of conditions:
5423 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5424 *
5425 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5426 * - `&` (**AND**):
5427 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5428 * - `|` (**OR**):
5429 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5430 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5431 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5432 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5433 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5434 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5435 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5436 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5437 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5438 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5439 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5440 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5441 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5442 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5443 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5444 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5445 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5446 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5447 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5448 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5449 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5450 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5451 * true if the user is blocked
5452 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5453 * true if the user is a bot
5454 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5455 *
5456 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5457 * linked by operands.
5458 *
5459 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5460 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5461 */
5462 $wgAutopromote = [
5463 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5464 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5465 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5466 ],
5467 ];
5468
5469 /**
5470 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5471 *
5472 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5473 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5474 *
5475 * The format is:
5476 * @code
5477 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5478 * @endcode
5479 * Where event is either:
5480 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5481 *
5482 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5483 *
5484 * @see $wgAutopromote
5485 * @since 1.18
5486 */
5487 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5488 'onEdit' => [],
5489 ];
5490
5491 /**
5492 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5493 * @since 1.18
5494 */
5495 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5496
5497 /**
5498 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5499 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5500 *
5501 * @par Example:
5502 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5503 * @code
5504 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5505 * @endcode
5506 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5509 * @endcode
5510 * Sysops can make bots:
5511 * @code
5512 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5513 * @endcode
5514 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5515 * @code
5516 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5517 * @endcode
5518 */
5519 $wgAddGroups = [];
5520
5521 /**
5522 * @see $wgAddGroups
5523 */
5524 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5525
5526 /**
5527 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5528 * For extensions only.
5529 */
5530 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5531
5532 /**
5533 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5534 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5535 */
5536 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5537
5538 /**
5539 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5540 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5541 * This is limited for performance reason.
5542 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5543 * @since 1.23
5544 */
5545 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5546
5547 /**
5548 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5549 *
5550 * @par Example:
5551 * @code
5552 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5553 * // no more than 100 per month
5554 * [
5555 * 'count' => 100,
5556 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5557 * ],
5558 * // no more than 10 per day
5559 * [
5560 * 'count' => 10,
5561 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5562 * ],
5563 * ];
5564 * @endcode
5565 *
5566 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5567 */
5568 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5569 'count' => 0,
5570 'seconds' => 86400,
5571 ] ];
5572
5573 /**
5574 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5575 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5576 *
5577 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5578 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5579 *
5580 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5581 *
5582 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5583 */
5584 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5585
5586 /**
5587 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5588 */
5589 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5590
5591 /**
5592 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5593 * proxies
5594 * @since 1.16
5595 */
5596 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5597
5598 /**
5599 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5600 *
5601 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5602 * the blacklist require a key).
5603 *
5604 * @par Example:
5605 * @code
5606 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5607 * // String containing URL
5608 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5609 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5610 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5611 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5612 * // just use a string as shown above
5613 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5614 * ];
5615 * @endcode
5616 *
5617 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5618 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5619 * @since 1.16
5620 */
5621 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5622
5623 /**
5624 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5625 * what the other methods might say.
5626 */
5627 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5628
5629 /**
5630 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5631 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5632 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5633 * @since 1.29
5634 * @var string[]
5635 */
5636 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5637
5638 /**
5639 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5640 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5641 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5642 */
5643 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5644
5645 /**
5646 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5647 *
5648 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5649 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5650 * elapses.
5651 *
5652 * @par Example:
5653 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5654 * @code
5655 * $wgRateLimits = [
5656 * 'edit' => [
5657 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5658 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5659 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5660 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5661 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5662 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5663 * ]
5664 * ];
5665 * @endcode
5666 *
5667 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5668 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5669 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5670 * @code
5671 * $wgRateLimits = [
5672 * 'some-action' => [
5673 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5674 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5675 * ];
5676 * @endcode
5677 *
5678 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5679 */
5680 $wgRateLimits = [
5681 // Page edits
5682 'edit' => [
5683 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5684 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5685 ],
5686 // Page moves
5687 'move' => [
5688 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5689 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5690 ],
5691 // File uploads
5692 'upload' => [
5693 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5694 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5695 ],
5696 // Page rollbacks
5697 'rollback' => [
5698 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5699 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5700 ],
5701 // Triggering password resets emails
5702 'mailpassword' => [
5703 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5706 'emailuser' => [
5707 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5708 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5709 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5710 ],
5711 // Purging pages
5712 'purge' => [
5713 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5714 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5715 ],
5716 // Purges of link tables
5717 'linkpurge' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5719 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5720 ],
5721 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5722 'renderfile' => [
5723 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5724 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5725 ],
5726 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5727 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5728 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5729 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5732 'stashedit' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5734 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5735 ],
5736 // Adding or removing change tags
5737 'changetag' => [
5738 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5739 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5740 ],
5741 // Changing the content model of a page
5742 'editcontentmodel' => [
5743 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5744 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5745 ],
5746 ];
5747
5748 /**
5749 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5750 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5751 */
5752 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5753
5754 /**
5755 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5756 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5757 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5758 */
5759 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5760
5761 /**
5762 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5763 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5764 */
5765 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5766
5767 /**
5768 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5769 *
5770 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5771 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5772 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5773 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5774 *
5775 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5776 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5777 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5778 */
5779 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5780 // Short term limit
5781 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5782 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5783 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5784 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5785 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5786 ];
5787
5788 /**
5789 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5790 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5791 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5792 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5793 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5794 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5795 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5796 * @since 1.27
5797 */
5798 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5799
5800 // @TODO: clean up grants
5801 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5802
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5813
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5818
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5826
5827 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5834
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5860
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5869
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5884
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5886
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5888
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5890
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5892
5893 /**
5894 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5895 * @since 1.27
5896 */
5897 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5898 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5899 'basic' => 'hidden',
5900
5901 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5902 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5903 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5904 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5905
5906 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5907 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5908
5909 'sendemail' => 'email',
5910
5911 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5912 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5913
5914 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5915 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5916
5917 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5918 'rollback' => 'administration',
5919 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5920 'delete' => 'administration',
5921 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5922 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5923 'protect' => 'administration',
5924 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5925
5926 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5927
5928 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5929 ];
5930
5931 /**
5932 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5933 * @since 1.27
5934 */
5935 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5936
5937 /**
5938 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5939 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5940 * @since 1.27
5941 */
5942 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5943
5944 /**
5945 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5946 *
5947 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5948 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5949 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5950 * @since 1.27
5951 */
5952 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5953
5954 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5955
5956 /************************************************************************//**
5957 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5958 * @{
5959 */
5960
5961 /**
5962 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5963 */
5964 $wgSecretKey = false;
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5968 *
5969 * This can have the following formats:
5970 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5971 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5972 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5973 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5974 */
5975 $wgProxyList = [];
5976
5977 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5978
5979 /************************************************************************//**
5980 * @name Cookie settings
5981 * @{
5982 */
5983
5984 /**
5985 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5986 */
5987 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5988
5989 /**
5990 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5991 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5992 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5993 * login cookies session-only.
5994 */
5995 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5996
5997 /**
5998 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5999 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6000 */
6001 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6005 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6006 */
6007 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6011 * - true: Set secure flag
6012 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6013 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6014 */
6015 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6016
6017 /**
6018 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6019 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6020 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6021 * check.
6022 */
6023 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6024
6025 /**
6026 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6027 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6028 * name to be used as a prefix.
6029 */
6030 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6031
6032 /**
6033 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6034 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6035 * XSS attack.
6036 */
6037 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6038
6039 /**
6040 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6041 */
6042 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Override to customise the session name
6046 */
6047 $wgSessionName = false;
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6051 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6052 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6053 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6054 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6055 */
6056 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6057
6058 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6059
6060 /************************************************************************//**
6061 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6062 * @{
6063 */
6064
6065 /**
6066 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6067 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6068 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6069 * Please see math/README for more information.
6070 */
6071 $wgUseTeX = false;
6072
6073 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6074
6075 /************************************************************************//**
6076 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6077 *
6078 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6079 *
6080 * @{
6081 */
6082
6083 /**
6084 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6085 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6086 * may contain private data.
6087 */
6088 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Prefix for debug log lines
6092 */
6093 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6094
6095 /**
6096 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6097 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6098 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6099 */
6100 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6101
6102 /**
6103 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6104 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6105 * and gen=js requests.
6106 */
6107 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6108
6109 /**
6110 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6111 *
6112 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6113 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6114 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6115 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6116 */
6117 $wgDebugComments = false;
6118
6119 /**
6120 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6121 *
6122 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6123 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6124 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6125 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6126 */
6127 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6128
6129 /**
6130 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6131 *
6132 * @since 1.26
6133 */
6134 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6135 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6136 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6137 'GET' => [
6138 'masterConns' => 0,
6139 'writes' => 0,
6140 'readQueryTime' => 5
6141 ],
6142 // HTTP POST requests.
6143 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6144 'POST' => [
6145 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6146 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6147 'maxAffected' => 1000
6148 ],
6149 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6150 'masterConns' => 0,
6151 'writes' => 0,
6152 'readQueryTime' => 5
6153 ],
6154 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6155 'PostSend-GET' => [
6156 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6157 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6158 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6159 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6160 'masterConns' => 0,
6161 'writes' => 0,
6162 ],
6163 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6164 'PostSend-POST' => [
6165 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6166 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6167 'maxAffected' => 1000
6168 ],
6169 // Background job runner
6170 'JobRunner' => [
6171 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6172 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6173 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6174 ],
6175 // Command-line scripts
6176 'Maintenance' => [
6177 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6178 'maxAffected' => 1000
6179 ]
6180 ];
6181
6182 /**
6183 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6184 *
6185 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6186 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6187 * in production.
6188 *
6189 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6190 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6191 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6192 * - associative array with keys:
6193 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6194 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6195 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6196 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6197 *
6198 * @par Example:
6199 * @code
6200 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6201 * @endcode
6202 *
6203 * @par Advanced example:
6204 * @code
6205 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6206 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6207 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6208 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6209 * ];
6210 * @endcode
6211 */
6212 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6213
6214 /**
6215 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6216 *
6217 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6218 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6219 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6220 * details.
6221 *
6222 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6223 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6224 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6225 *
6226 * @par To completely disable logging:
6227 * @code
6228 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6229 * @endcode
6230 *
6231 * @since 1.25
6232 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6233 * @see MwLogger
6234 */
6235 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6236 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6237 ];
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6241 *
6242 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6243 */
6244 $wgShowDebug = false;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6248 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6249 */
6250 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6254 */
6255 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6259 */
6260 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6264 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6265 * to an attacker.
6266 */
6267 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6271 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6272 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6273 * formatting.
6274 */
6275 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6279 *
6280 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6281 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6282 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6283 * exception handler.
6284 */
6285 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6289 */
6290 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6294 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6295 */
6296 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6300 */
6301 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6305 * Should be a string, default false.
6306 * @since 1.20
6307 */
6308 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6312 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6313 */
6314 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6318 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6319 * after the limit.
6320 */
6321 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6322
6323 /**
6324 * Profiler configuration.
6325 *
6326 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6327 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6328 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6329 *
6330 * Example:
6331 *
6332 * @code
6333 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6334 * @endcode
6335 *
6336 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6337 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6338 *
6339 * @code
6340 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6341 * @endcode
6342 *
6343 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6344 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6345 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6346 *
6347 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6348 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6349 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6350 *
6351 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6352 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6353 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6354 *
6355 * @code
6356 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6357 * @endcode
6358 *
6359 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6360 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6361 *
6362 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6363 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6364 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6365 *
6366 * @code
6367 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6368 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6369 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6370 * @endcode
6371 *
6372 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6373 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6374 *
6375 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6376 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6377 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6378 *
6379 * @since 1.17.0
6380 */
6381 $wgProfiler = [];
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6385 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6386 */
6387 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6388
6389 /**
6390 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6391 *
6392 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6393 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6394 */
6395 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6396
6397 /**
6398 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6399 *
6400 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6401 *
6402 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6403 *
6404 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6405 * @since 1.25
6406 */
6407 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6408
6409 /**
6410 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6411 *
6412 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6413 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6414 * @since 1.25
6415 */
6416 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6417
6418 /**
6419 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6420 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6421 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6422 * @since 1.28
6423 */
6424 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6425 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6426 ];
6427
6428 /**
6429 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6430 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6431 * templates.
6432 */
6433 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6437 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6438 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6439 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6440 */
6441 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6445 * filename is passed to it.
6446 *
6447 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6448 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6449 *
6450 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6451 *
6452 * Use full paths.
6453 *
6454 * @deprecated since 1.30
6455 */
6456 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6460 */
6461 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6465 * @since 1.19
6466 */
6467 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6468
6469 /**
6470 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6471 * queries and other useful output.
6472 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6473 *
6474 * @since 1.19
6475 */
6476 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6477
6478 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6479
6480 /************************************************************************//**
6481 * @name Search
6482 * @{
6483 */
6484
6485 /**
6486 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6487 */
6488 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6492 * by default off due to execution overhead
6493 */
6494 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6495
6496 /**
6497 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6498 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6499 */
6500 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6501
6502 /**
6503 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6504 *
6505 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6506 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6507 *
6508 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6509 *
6510 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6511 */
6512 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6516 *
6517 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6518 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6519 *
6520 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6521 */
6522 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6523 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6524 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6525 ];
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6529 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6530 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6531 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6532 */
6533 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6534
6535 /**
6536 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6537 * OpenSearch call.
6538 */
6539 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6540
6541 /**
6542 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6543 */
6544 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6545
6546 /**
6547 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6548 */
6549 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6550
6551 /**
6552 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6553 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6554 */
6555 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6556
6557 /**
6558 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6559 *
6560 * @par Example:
6561 * @code
6562 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6563 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6564 * @endcode
6565 */
6566 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6567 NS_MAIN => true,
6568 ];
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6572 * implemented by an extension instead.
6573 */
6574 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6578 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6579 * search term.
6580 *
6581 * @par Example:
6582 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6583 * @code
6584 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6585 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6586 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6587 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6588 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6589 * @endcode
6590 */
6591 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6592
6593 /**
6594 * Search form behavior.
6595 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6596 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6597 */
6598 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6602 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6603 * generated for all namespaces.
6604 */
6605 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6606
6607 /**
6608 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6609 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6610 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6611 *
6612 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6613 * @par Example:
6614 * @code
6615 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6616 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6617 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6618 * ];
6619 * @endcode
6620 */
6621 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6622
6623 /**
6624 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6625 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6626 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6627 */
6628 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6629
6630 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6631
6632 /************************************************************************//**
6633 * @name Edit user interface
6634 * @{
6635 */
6636
6637 /**
6638 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6639 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6640 */
6641 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6645 */
6646 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6647
6648 /**
6649 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6650 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6651 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6652 */
6653 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6654 NS_CATEGORY => true
6655 ];
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6659 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6660 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6661 */
6662 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6663
6664 /**
6665 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6666 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6667 * ting this variable false.
6668 */
6669 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6670
6671 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6672
6673 /************************************************************************//**
6674 * @name Maintenance
6675 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6676 * @{
6677 */
6678
6679 /**
6680 * @cond file_level_code
6681 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6682 */
6683 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6684 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6685 }
6686 /** @endcond */
6687
6688 /**
6689 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6690 */
6691 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6695 * used as an explanation to users.
6696 *
6697 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6698 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6699 * option in MySQL.
6700 */
6701 $wgReadOnly = null;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6705 * @var bool
6706 * @since 1.31
6707 */
6708 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6709
6710 /**
6711 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6712 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6713 * message.
6714 *
6715 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6716 */
6717 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6718
6719 /**
6720 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6721 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6722 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6723 *
6724 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6725 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6726 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6727 */
6728 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6729
6730 /**
6731 * Fully specified path to git binary
6732 */
6733 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6734
6735 /**
6736 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6737 *
6738 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6739 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6740 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6741 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6742 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6743 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6744 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6745 *
6746 * @since 1.20
6747 */
6748 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6749 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6750 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6751 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6752 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6753 ];
6754
6755 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6756
6757 /************************************************************************//**
6758 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6759 * @{
6760 */
6761
6762 /**
6763 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6764 * seconds will go.
6765 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6766 */
6767 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6768
6769 /**
6770 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6771 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6772 * @since 1.26
6773 */
6774 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6775
6776 /**
6777 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6778 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6779 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6780 * @since 1.26
6781 */
6782 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6783
6784 /**
6785 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6786 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6787 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6788 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6789 * is still there.
6790 */
6791 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6792
6793 /**
6794 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6795 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6796 */
6797 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6798
6799 /**
6800 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6801 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6802 */
6803 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6804
6805 /**
6806 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6807 *
6808 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6809 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6810 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6811 *
6812 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6813 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6814 * passed to the constructor.
6815 *
6816 * Common options:
6817 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6818 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6819 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6820 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6821 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6822 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6823 *
6824 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6825 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6826 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6827 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6828 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6829 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6830 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6831 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6832 *
6833 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6834 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6835 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6836 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6837 *
6838 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6839 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6840 *
6841 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6842 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6843 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6844 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6845 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6846 * ];
6847 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6848 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6849 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6850 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6851 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6852 * ];
6853 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6854 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6855 * ];
6856 * @since 1.22
6857 */
6858 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6859
6860 /**
6861 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6862 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6863 * @since 1.22
6864 */
6865 $wgRCEngines = [
6866 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6867 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6868 ];
6869
6870 /**
6871 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6872 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6873 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6874 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6875 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6876 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6877 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6878 *
6879 * @since 1.27
6880 */
6881 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6882
6883 /**
6884 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6885 * New pages and new files are included.
6886 *
6887 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6888 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6889 * Special:Log.
6890 */
6891 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6895 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6896 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6897 * that lets users disable them.
6898 *
6899 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6900 *
6901 * @since 1.30
6902 */
6903 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6904
6905 /**
6906 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6907 *
6908 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6909 */
6910 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6914 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6915 * 0 to disable completely.
6916 */
6917 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6918
6919 /**
6920 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6921 *
6922 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6923 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6924 * Special:Log.
6925 */
6926 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6930 *
6931 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6932 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6933 * Special:Log.
6934 *
6935 * @since 1.27
6936 */
6937 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6941 */
6942 $wgFeed = true;
6943
6944 /**
6945 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6946 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6947 */
6948 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6949
6950 /**
6951 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6952 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6953 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6954 *
6955 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6956 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6957 */
6958 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6959
6960 /**
6961 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6962 * pages larger than this size.
6963 */
6964 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6968 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6969 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6970 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6971 * as value.
6972 * @par Example:
6973 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6974 * @code
6975 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6976 * @endcode
6977 */
6978 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6979
6980 /**
6981 * Available feeds objects.
6982 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6983 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6984 */
6985 $wgFeedClasses = [
6986 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6987 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6988 ];
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6992 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6993 */
6994 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6995
6996 /**
6997 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6998 */
6999 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7003 */
7004 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7005
7006 /**
7007 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7008 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7009 * highlighted on the RC page.
7010 */
7011 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7012
7013 /**
7014 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7015 * view for watched pages with new changes
7016 */
7017 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7018
7019 /**
7020 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7021 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7022 */
7023 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7024
7025 /**
7026 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7027 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7028 */
7029 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7030
7031 /**
7032 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7033 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7034 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7035 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7036 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7037 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7038 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7039 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7040 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7041 *
7042 * @var array
7043 * @since 1.31
7044 */
7045 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7046 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7047 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7048 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7049 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7050 'mw-blank' => true,
7051 'mw-replace' => true,
7052 'mw-rollback' => true,
7053 'mw-undo' => true,
7054 ];
7055
7056 /**
7057 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7058 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7059 * watchers.
7060 *
7061 * @since 1.21
7062 */
7063 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7067 * certain types of edits.
7068 *
7069 * To register a new one:
7070 * @code
7071 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7072 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7073 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7074 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7075 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7076 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7077 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7078 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7079 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7080 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7081 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7082 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7083 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7084 * ];
7085 * @endcode
7086 *
7087 * @since 1.22
7088 */
7089 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7090 'newpage' => [
7091 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7092 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7093 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7094 'grouping' => 'any',
7095 ],
7096 'minor' => [
7097 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7098 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7099 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7100 'class' => 'minoredit',
7101 'grouping' => 'all',
7102 ],
7103 'bot' => [
7104 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7105 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7106 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7107 'class' => 'botedit',
7108 'grouping' => 'all',
7109 ],
7110 'unpatrolled' => [
7111 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7112 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7113 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7114 'grouping' => 'any',
7115 ],
7116 ];
7117
7118 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7119
7120 /************************************************************************//**
7121 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7122 * @{
7123 */
7124
7125 /**
7126 * Override for copyright metadata.
7127 *
7128 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7129 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7130 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7131 */
7132 $wgRightsPage = null;
7133
7134 /**
7135 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7136 * wiki.
7137 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7138 */
7139 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7140
7141 /**
7142 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7143 * link.
7144 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7145 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7146 */
7147 $wgRightsText = null;
7148
7149 /**
7150 * Override for copyright metadata.
7151 */
7152 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7153
7154 /**
7155 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7156 */
7157 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7158
7159 /**
7160 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7161 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7162 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7163 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7164 * large wikis.
7165 */
7166 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7167
7168 /**
7169 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7170 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7171 */
7172 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7173
7174 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7175
7176 /************************************************************************//**
7177 * @name Import / Export
7178 * @{
7179 */
7180
7181 /**
7182 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7183 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7184 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7185 *
7186 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7187 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7188 * e.g.
7189 * @code
7190 * $wgImportSources = [
7191 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7192 * 'wikispecies',
7193 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7194 * ];
7195 * @endcode
7196 *
7197 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7198 * the ImportSources hook.
7199 *
7200 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7201 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7202 */
7203 $wgImportSources = [];
7204
7205 /**
7206 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7207 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7208 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7209 *
7210 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7211 */
7212 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7213
7214 /**
7215 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7216 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7217 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7218 */
7219 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7220
7221 /**
7222 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7223 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7224 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7225 */
7226 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7230 */
7231 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7232
7233 /**
7234 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7235 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7236 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7237 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7238 * it's disabled by default for now.
7239 *
7240 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7241 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7242 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7243 */
7244 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7245
7246 /**
7247 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7248 */
7249 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7253 */
7254 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7255
7256 /**
7257 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7258 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7259 *
7260 * @since 1.27
7261 */
7262 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7263
7264 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7265
7266 /*************************************************************************//**
7267 * @name Extensions
7268 * @{
7269 */
7270
7271 /**
7272 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7273 * initialised
7274 */
7275 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7276
7277 /**
7278 * Extension messages files.
7279 *
7280 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7281 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7282 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7283 * is the most common.
7284 *
7285 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7286 * in the core.
7287 *
7288 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7289 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7290 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7291 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7292 *
7293 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7294 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7295 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7296 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7297 *
7298 * @par Example:
7299 * @code
7300 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7301 * @endcode
7302 */
7303 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7304
7305 /**
7306 * Extension messages directories.
7307 *
7308 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7309 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7310 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7311 * message directories.
7312 *
7313 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7314 *
7315 * @par Simple example:
7316 * @code
7317 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7318 * @endcode
7319 *
7320 * @par Complex example:
7321 * @code
7322 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7323 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7324 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7325 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7326 * ]
7327 * @endcode
7328 * @since 1.23
7329 */
7330 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7331
7332 /**
7333 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7334 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7335 * @since 1.22
7336 */
7337 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7338
7339 /**
7340 * Parser output hooks.
7341 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7342 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7343 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7344 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7345 *
7346 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7347 *
7348 * The callback has the form:
7349 * @code
7350 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7351 * @endcode
7352 */
7353 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7357 */
7358 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7359
7360 /**
7361 * List of valid skin names
7362 *
7363 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7364 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7365 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7366 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7367 */
7368 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7372 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7373 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7374 * SpecialPage.
7375 */
7376 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7377
7378 /**
7379 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7380 */
7381 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7382
7383 /**
7384 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7385 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7386 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7387 */
7388 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7389
7390 /**
7391 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7392 *
7393 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7394 *
7395 * @code
7396 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7397 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7398 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7399 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7400 * 'author' => [
7401 * 'Foo Barstein',
7402 * ],
7403 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7404 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7405 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7406 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7407 * ];
7408 * @endcode
7409 *
7410 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7411 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7412 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7413 * interpreted as wikitext.
7414 *
7415 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7416 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7417 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7418 *
7419 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7420 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7421 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7422 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7423 *
7424 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7425 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7426 * usually are.)
7427 *
7428 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7429 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7430 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7431 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7432 *
7433 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7434 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7435 *
7436 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7437 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7438 *
7439 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7440 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7441 */
7442 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7443
7444 /**
7445 * Authentication plugin.
7446 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7447 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7448 */
7449 $wgAuth = null;
7450
7451 /**
7452 * Global list of hooks.
7453 *
7454 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7455 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7456 * internally by Hook:run().
7457 *
7458 * The value can be one of:
7459 *
7460 * - A function name:
7461 * @code
7462 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7463 * @endcode
7464 * - A function with some data:
7465 * @code
7466 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7467 * @endcode
7468 * - A an object method:
7469 * @code
7470 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7471 * @endcode
7472 * - A closure:
7473 * @code
7474 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7475 * // Handler code goes here.
7476 * };
7477 * @endcode
7478 *
7479 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7480 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7481 *
7482 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7483 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7484 */
7485 $wgHooks = [];
7486
7487 /**
7488 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7489 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7490 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7491 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7492 * hook for that.
7493 *
7494 * @see MediaWikiServices
7495 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7496 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7497 */
7498 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7499 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7500 ];
7501
7502 /**
7503 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7504 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7505 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7506 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7507 */
7508 $wgJobClasses = [
7509 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7510 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7511 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7512 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7513 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7514 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7515 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7516 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7517 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7518 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7519 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7520 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7521 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7522 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7523 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7524 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7525 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7526 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7527 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7528 'null' => NullJob::class,
7529 ];
7530
7531 /**
7532 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7533 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7534 *
7535 * These can be:
7536 * - Very long-running jobs.
7537 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7538 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7539 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7540 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7541 */
7542 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7543
7544 /**
7545 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7546 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7547 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7548 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7549 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7550 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7551 * @var float[]
7552 */
7553 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7554
7555 /**
7556 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7557 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7558 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7559 *
7560 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7561 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7562 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7563 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7564 *
7565 * @var float|bool
7566 * @since 1.26
7567 */
7568 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7569
7570 /**
7571 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7572 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7573 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7574 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7575 */
7576 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7577 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7578 ];
7579
7580 /**
7581 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7582 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7583 */
7584 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7585 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7586 ];
7587
7588 /**
7589 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7590 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7591 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7592 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7593 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7594 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7595 * that limit is hit.
7596 *
7597 * @since 1.29
7598 */
7599 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7603 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7604 */
7605 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7606 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7607 ];
7608
7609 /**
7610 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7611 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7612 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7613 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7614 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7615 */
7616 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7617 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7618 ];
7619
7620 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7621
7622 /*************************************************************************//**
7623 * @name Categories
7624 * @{
7625 */
7626
7627 /**
7628 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7629 */
7630 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7631
7632 /**
7633 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7634 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7635 */
7636 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7637
7638 /**
7639 * Paging limit for categories
7640 */
7641 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7642
7643 /**
7644 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7645 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7646 *
7647 * Available values are:
7648 *
7649 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7650 *
7651 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7652 *
7653 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7654 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7655 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7656 *
7657 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7658 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7659 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7660 * server.
7661 *
7662 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7663 * the sort keys in the database.
7664 *
7665 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7666 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7667 */
7668 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7669
7670 /** @} */ # End categories }
7671
7672 /*************************************************************************//**
7673 * @name Logging
7674 * @{
7675 */
7676
7677 /**
7678 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7679 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7680 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7681 * log type.
7682 */
7683 $wgLogTypes = [
7684 '',
7685 'block',
7686 'protect',
7687 'rights',
7688 'delete',
7689 'upload',
7690 'move',
7691 'import',
7692 'patrol',
7693 'merge',
7694 'suppress',
7695 'tag',
7696 'managetags',
7697 'contentmodel',
7698 ];
7699
7700 /**
7701 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7702 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7703 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7704 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7705 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7706 */
7707 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7708 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7709 ];
7710
7711 /**
7712 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7713 *
7714 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7715 *
7716 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7717 *
7718 * @par Example:
7719 * @code
7720 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7721 * @endcode
7722 *
7723 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7724 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7725 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7726 *
7727 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7728 * for the link text.
7729 */
7730 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7731 'patrol' => true,
7732 'tag' => true,
7733 ];
7734
7735 /**
7736 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7737 * will be listed in the user interface.
7738 *
7739 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7740 *
7741 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7742 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7743 */
7744 $wgLogNames = [
7745 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7746 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7747 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7748 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7749 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7750 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7751 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7752 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7753 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7754 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7755 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7756 ];
7757
7758 /**
7759 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7760 * top of each log type.
7761 *
7762 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7763 *
7764 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7765 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7766 */
7767 $wgLogHeaders = [
7768 '' => 'alllogstext',
7769 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7770 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7771 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7772 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7773 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7774 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7775 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7776 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7777 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7778 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7779 ];
7780
7781 /**
7782 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7783 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7784 *
7785 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7786 */
7787 $wgLogActions = [];
7788
7789 /**
7790 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7791 * not messages.
7792 * @see LogPage::actionText
7793 * @see LogFormatter
7794 */
7795 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7796 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7797 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7798 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7799 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7800 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7801 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7802 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7803 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7804 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7805 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7806 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7807 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7808 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7809 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7810 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7811 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7812 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7813 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7814 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7815 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7816 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7817 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7818 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7819 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7820 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7821 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7822 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7823 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7824 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7825 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7826 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7827 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7828 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7829 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7830 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7831 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7832 ];
7833
7834 /**
7835 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7836 *
7837 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7838 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7839 * Extensions may append to this array
7840 * @since 1.27
7841 */
7842 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7843 'block' => [
7844 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7845 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7846 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7847 ],
7848 'contentmodel' => [
7849 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7850 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7851 ],
7852 'delete' => [
7853 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7854 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7855 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7856 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7857 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7858 ],
7859 'import' => [
7860 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7861 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7862 ],
7863 'managetags' => [
7864 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7865 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7866 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7867 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7868 ],
7869 'move' => [
7870 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7871 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7872 ],
7873 'newusers' => [
7874 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7875 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7876 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7877 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7878 ],
7879 'patrol' => [
7880 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7881 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7882 ],
7883 'protect' => [
7884 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7885 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7886 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7887 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7888 ],
7889 'rights' => [
7890 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7891 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7892 ],
7893 'suppress' => [
7894 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7895 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7896 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7897 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7898 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7899 ],
7900 'upload' => [
7901 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7902 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7903 ],
7904 ];
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7908 */
7909 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7910
7911 /** @} */ # end logging }
7912
7913 /*************************************************************************//**
7914 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7915 * @{
7916 */
7917
7918 /**
7919 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7920 */
7921 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7925 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7926 */
7927 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7928
7929 /**
7930 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7931 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7932 */
7933 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7934
7935 /**
7936 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7937 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7938 */
7939 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7940
7941 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7942
7943 /*************************************************************************//**
7944 * @name Actions
7945 * @{
7946 */
7947
7948 /**
7949 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7950 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7951 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7952 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7953 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7954 * instead of the default class.
7955 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7956 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7957 */
7958 $wgActions = [
7959 'credits' => true,
7960 'delete' => true,
7961 'edit' => true,
7962 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7963 'history' => true,
7964 'info' => true,
7965 'markpatrolled' => true,
7966 'protect' => true,
7967 'purge' => true,
7968 'raw' => true,
7969 'render' => true,
7970 'revert' => true,
7971 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7972 'rollback' => true,
7973 'submit' => true,
7974 'unprotect' => true,
7975 'unwatch' => true,
7976 'view' => true,
7977 'watch' => true,
7978 ];
7979
7980 /** @} */ # end actions }
7981
7982 /*************************************************************************//**
7983 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7984 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7985 * @{
7986 */
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7990 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7991 * basis.
7992 */
7993 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7994
7995 /**
7996 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7997 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7998 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7999 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8000 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8001 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8002 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8003 *
8004 * @par Example:
8005 * @code
8006 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8007 * @endcode
8008 */
8009 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8010
8011 /**
8012 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8013 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8014 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8015 *
8016 * @par Example:
8017 * @code
8018 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8019 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8020 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8021 * ];
8022 * @endcode
8023 *
8024 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8025 * forms:
8026 * @code
8027 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8028 * # Underscore, not space!
8029 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8030 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8031 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8032 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8033 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8034 * ];
8035 * @endcode
8036 */
8037 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8038
8039 /**
8040 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8041 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8042 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8043 *
8044 * @par Example:
8045 * @code
8046 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8047 * @endcode
8048 */
8049 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8050
8051 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8052
8053 /************************************************************************//**
8054 * @name AJAX and API
8055 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8056 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8057 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8058 * @{
8059 */
8060
8061 /**
8062 *
8063 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8064 *
8065 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8066 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8067 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8068 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8069 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8070 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8071 * requiring POST.
8072 *
8073 * @since 1.21
8074 */
8075 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8076
8077 /**
8078 * API module extensions.
8079 *
8080 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8081 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8082 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8083 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8084 *
8085 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8086 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8087 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8088 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8089 * field.
8090 *
8091 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8092 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8093 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8094 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8095 *
8096 * Examples for registering API modules:
8097 *
8098 * @code
8099 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8100 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8101 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8102 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8103 * ];
8104 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8105 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8106 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8107 * ];
8108 * @endcode
8109 *
8110 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8111 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8112 */
8113 $wgAPIModules = [];
8114
8115 /**
8116 * API format module extensions.
8117 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8118 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8119 *
8120 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8121 */
8122 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8123
8124 /**
8125 * API Query meta module extensions.
8126 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8127 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8128 *
8129 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8130 */
8131 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8132
8133 /**
8134 * API Query prop module extensions.
8135 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8136 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8137 *
8138 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8139 */
8140 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8141
8142 /**
8143 * API Query list module extensions.
8144 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8145 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8146 *
8147 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8148 */
8149 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8150
8151 /**
8152 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8153 * The default value is generally fine
8154 */
8155 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8159 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8160 */
8161 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8162
8163 /**
8164 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8165 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8166 */
8167 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8171 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8172 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8173 */
8174 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8175
8176 /**
8177 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8178 * API request logging
8179 */
8180 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8181
8182 /**
8183 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8184 */
8185 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8186
8187 /**
8188 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8189 * API queries.
8190 */
8191 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8192 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8193 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8194 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8195 ];
8196
8197 /**
8198 * Enable AJAX framework
8199 *
8200 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8201 */
8202 $wgUseAjax = true;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8206 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8207 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8208 */
8209 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8213 */
8214 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8215
8216 /**
8217 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8218 */
8219 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8223 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8224 */
8225 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8229 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8230 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8231 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8232 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8233 *
8234 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8235 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8236 *
8237 * @par Example:
8238 * @code
8239 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8240 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8241 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8242 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8243 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8244 * ];
8245 * @endcode
8246 */
8247 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8248
8249 /**
8250 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8251 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8252 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8253 */
8254 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8255
8256 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8257
8258 /************************************************************************//**
8259 * @name Shell and process control
8260 * @{
8261 */
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8265 */
8266 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8267
8268 /**
8269 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8270 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8271 */
8272 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8273
8274 /**
8275 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8276 */
8277 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8281 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8282 */
8283 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8284
8285 /**
8286 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8287 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8288 *
8289 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8290 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8291 * them segfault or deadlock.
8292 *
8293 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8294 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8295 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8296 *
8297 * @par Example:
8298 * @code
8299 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8300 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8301 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8302 * @endcode
8303 *
8304 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8305 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8306 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8307 */
8308 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8309
8310 /**
8311 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8312 */
8313 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8314
8315 /**
8316 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8317 *
8318 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8319 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8320 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8321 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8322 *
8323 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8324 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8325 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8326 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8327 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8328 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8329 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8330 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8331 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8332 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8333 * decimal separator)
8334 *
8335 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8336 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8337 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8338 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8339 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8340 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8341 * displayed to the user.
8342 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8343 * date/time values.
8344 *
8345 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8346 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8347 * wikis.
8348 */
8349 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8350
8351 /**
8352 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8353 *
8354 * Supported options:
8355 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8356 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8357 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8358 *
8359 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8360 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8361 *
8362 * @since 1.31
8363 * @var string|bool
8364 */
8365 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8366
8367 /** @} */ # End shell }
8368
8369 /************************************************************************//**
8370 * @name HTTP client
8371 * @{
8372 */
8373
8374 /**
8375 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8376 * @var int
8377 */
8378 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8379
8380 /**
8381 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8382 * @since 1.29
8383 */
8384 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8385
8386 /**
8387 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8388 */
8389 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8390
8391 /**
8392 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8393 */
8394 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Local virtual hosts.
8398 *
8399 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8400 *
8401 * This affects the following:
8402 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8403 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8404 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8405 * the proxy if it is configured.
8406 *
8407 * @since 1.25
8408 */
8409 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8410
8411 /**
8412 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8413 * Only works for curl
8414 */
8415 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8416
8417 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8418
8419 /************************************************************************//**
8420 * @name Job queue
8421 * @{
8422 */
8423
8424 /**
8425 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8426 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8427 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8428 * be run periodically.
8429 */
8430 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8431
8432 /**
8433 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8434 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8435 * execution finishes.
8436 *
8437 * @since 1.23
8438 */
8439 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Number of rows to update per job
8443 */
8444 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8445
8446 /**
8447 * Number of rows to update per query
8448 */
8449 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8450
8451 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8452
8453 /************************************************************************//**
8454 * @name Miscellaneous
8455 * @{
8456 */
8457
8458 /**
8459 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8460 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8461 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8462 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8463 */
8464 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8465
8466 /**
8467 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8468 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8469 * Supported values:
8470 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8471 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8472 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8473 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8474 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8475 *
8476 * @since 1.30
8477 */
8478 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8479
8480 /**
8481 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8482 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8483 *
8484 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8485 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8486 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8487 */
8488 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8492 * For debugging
8493 */
8494 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8495
8496 /**
8497 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8498 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8499 */
8500 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8501
8502 /**
8503 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8504 */
8505 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8506
8507 /**
8508 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8509 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8510 */
8511 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8512
8513 /**
8514 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8515 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8516 */
8517 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8518
8519 /**
8520 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8521 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8522 *
8523 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8524 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8525 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8526 * parameters.
8527 *
8528 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8529 * @code
8530 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8531 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8532 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8533 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8534 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8535 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8536 * 'redisConfig' => []
8537 * ] ];
8538 * @endcode
8539 *
8540 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8541 * @code
8542 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8543 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8544 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8545 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8546 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8547 * ... any extension-specific options...
8548 * ] ];
8549 * @endcode
8550 */
8551 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8552
8553 /**
8554 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8555 */
8556 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8557
8558 /**
8559 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8560 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8561 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8562 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8563 *
8564 * @since 1.21
8565 */
8566 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8567
8568 /**
8569 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8570 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8571 *
8572 * * 'ignore': return null
8573 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8574 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8575 *
8576 * @since 1.21
8577 */
8578 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8579
8580 /**
8581 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8582 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8583 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8584 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8585 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8586 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8587 *
8588 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8589 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8590 *
8591 * @since 1.21
8592 */
8593 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8594
8595 /**
8596 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8597 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8598 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8599 *
8600 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8601 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8602 *
8603 * @since 1.21
8604 */
8605 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8606 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8607 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8608 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8609 ];
8610
8611 /**
8612 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8613 *
8614 * @since 1.20
8615 */
8616 $wgSiteTypes = [
8617 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8618 ];
8619
8620 /**
8621 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8622 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8623 * @since 1.23
8624 */
8625 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8626
8627 /**
8628 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8629 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8630 * @see T67184
8631 * @since 1.24
8632 */
8633 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8634
8635 /**
8636 * Secret for session storage.
8637 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8638 * be used.
8639 * @since 1.27
8640 */
8641 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8642
8643 /**
8644 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8645 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8646 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8647 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8648 * @since 1.27
8649 */
8650 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8651
8652 /**
8653 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8654 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8655 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8656 * be used.
8657 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8658 * @since 1.24
8659 */
8660 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8661
8662 /**
8663 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8664 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8665 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8666 * @since 1.24
8667 */
8668 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8669
8670 /**
8671 * Enable page language feature
8672 * Allows setting page language in database
8673 * @var bool
8674 * @since 1.24
8675 */
8676 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8677
8678 /**
8679 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8680 *
8681 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8682 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8683 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8684 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8685 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8686 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8687 *
8688 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8689 *
8690 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8691 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8692 * 'options' => [
8693 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8694 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8695 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8696 * ]
8697 * ];
8698 *
8699 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8700 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8701 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8702 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8703 *
8704 * Example config for Parsoid:
8705 *
8706 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8707 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8708 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8709 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8710 * ];
8711 *
8712 * @var array
8713 * @since 1.25
8714 */
8715 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8716 'paths' => [],
8717 'modules' => [],
8718 'global' => [
8719 # Timeout in seconds
8720 'timeout' => 360,
8721 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8722 'forwardCookies' => false,
8723 'HTTPProxy' => null
8724 ]
8725 ];
8726
8727 /**
8728 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8729 * these suggestions.
8730 *
8731 * @var bool
8732 * @since 1.26
8733 */
8734 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8735
8736 /**
8737 * Where popular password file is located.
8738 *
8739 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8740 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8741 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8742 *
8743 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8744 * @since 1.27
8745 * @var string path to file
8746 */
8747 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8748
8749 /*
8750 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8751 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8752 *
8753 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8754 * @since 1.27
8755 */
8756 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8757
8758 /*
8759 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8760 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8761 *
8762 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8763 * @since 1.30
8764 */
8765 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8766
8767 /**
8768 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8769 *
8770 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8771 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8772 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8773 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8774 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8775 *
8776 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8777 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8778 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8779 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8780 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8781 *
8782 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8783 *
8784 * @since 1.27
8785 */
8786 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8787 'default' => [
8788 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8789 ]
8790 ];
8791
8792 /**
8793 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8794 *
8795 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8796 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8797 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8798 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8799 *
8800 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8801 *
8802 * @var bool
8803 * @since 1.28
8804 */
8805 $wgPingback = false;
8806
8807 /**
8808 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8809 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8810 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8811 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8812 *
8813 * @since 1.28
8814 */
8815 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8816 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8817 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8818 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8819 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8820 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8821 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8822 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8823 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8824 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8825 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8826 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8827 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8828 ];
8829
8830 /**
8831 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8832 * at Special:Contributions.
8833 *
8834 * @var array
8835 * @since 1.30
8836 */
8837 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8838 'IPv4' => 16,
8839 'IPv6' => 32,
8840 ];
8841
8842 /**
8843 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8844 *
8845 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8846 *
8847 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8848 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8849 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8850 *
8851 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8852 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8853 */
8854 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8855 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8856 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8857 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8858
8859 /**
8860 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8861 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8862 *
8863 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8864 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8865 *
8866 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8867 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8868 *
8869 * @par Example:
8870 * @code
8871 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8872 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8873 *];
8874 * @endcode
8875 */
8876 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8877
8878 /**
8879 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8880 * @since 1.30
8881 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8882 */
8883 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8884
8885 /**
8886 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8887 * @since 1.31
8888 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8889 */
8890 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8891
8892 /**
8893 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8894 *
8895 * @since 1.32
8896 * @deprecated 1.32
8897 * @var bool
8898 */
8899 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8900
8901 /**
8902 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8903 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8904 * @}
8905 */